Then the LORD said to Moses,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḏab·bêr
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            לֵּאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵּאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         - , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Make two trumpets of hammered silver to be used for calling the congregation and for having the camps set out.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            עֲשֵׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲשֵׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     “ Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·śêh
         “ Make 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֗ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֗ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         
    
 
        
            שְׁתֵּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁתֵּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·tê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·tê
         two 
    
 
        
            חֲצֽוֹצְרֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲצֽוֹצְרֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·ṣō·wṣ·rōṯ
                
                
                     trumpets 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2689 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trumpet, clarion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·ṣō·wṣ·rōṯ
         trumpets 
    
 
        
            מִקְשָׁ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְשָׁ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·šāh
                
                
                     of hammered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hammered work, finely decorated cultic objects of gold or silver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·šāh
         of hammered 
    
 
        
            כֶּ֔סֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֶּ֔סֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ke·sep̄
                
                
                     silver 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver, money <BR> 1a) silver <BR> 1a1) as metal <BR> 1a2) as ornament <BR> 1a3) as colour <BR> 1b) money, shekels, talents 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ke·sep̄
         silver 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            וְהָי֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     to be used 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         to be used 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         
    
 
        
            לְמִקְרָ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִקְרָ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·miq·rā
                
                
                     for calling 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4744 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) convocation, convoking, reading, a calling together <BR> 1a) convocation, sacred assembly <BR> 1b) convoking <BR> 1c) reading 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·miq·rā
         for calling 
    
 
        
            הָֽעֵדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽעֵדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏāh
                
                
                     the congregation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5712 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) congregation, gathering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏāh
         the congregation 
    
 
        
            הַֽמַּחֲנֽוֹת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמַּחֲנֽוֹת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     and for having the camps 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
         and for having the camps 
    
 
        
            וּלְמַסַּ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּלְמַסַּ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·lə·mas·sa‘
                
                
                     set out . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a pulling up (of stakes), breaking camp, setting out, journey <BR> 1a) pulling up, breaking camp <BR> 1b) setting out <BR> 1c) station, stage, journey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·lə·mas·sa‘
         set out . 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When both are sounded, the whole congregation is to assemble before you at the entrance to the Tent of Meeting.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְתָקְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתָקְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯā·qə·‘ū
                
                
                     When both are sounded 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯā·qə·‘ū
         When both are sounded 
    
 
        
            בָּהֵ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֵ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hên
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hên
         , 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     the whole 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         the whole 
    
 
        
            הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣עֵדָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏāh
                
                
                     congregation 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5712 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) congregation, gathering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏāh
         congregation 
    
 
        
            וְנֽוֹעֲד֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנֽוֹעֲד֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·w·‘ă·ḏū
                
                
                     is to assemble 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fix, appoint, assemble, meet, set, betroth<BR> 1a)(Qal) to appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to meet <BR> 1b2) to meet by appointment <BR> 1b3) to gather, assemble by appointment <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be set, be placed before, be fixed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·w·‘ă·ḏū
         is to assemble 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         before 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     you at 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         you at 
    
 
        
            פֶּ֖תַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֶּ֖תַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pe·ṯaḥ
                
                
                     the entrance 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6607 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) opening, doorway, entrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pe·ṯaḥ
         the entrance 
    
 
        
            אֹ֥הֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹ֥הֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·hel
                
                
                     to the Tent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        168 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tent <BR> 1a) nomad's tent, and thus symbolic of wilderness life, transience <BR> 1b) dwelling, home, habitation <BR> 1c) the sacred tent of Jehovah (the tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·hel
         to the Tent 
    
 
        
            מוֹעֵֽד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹעֵֽד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·‘êḏ
                
                
                     of Meeting . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·‘êḏ
         of Meeting . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            But if only one is sounded, then the leaders, the heads of the clans of Israel, are to gather before you.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְאִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’im-
                
                
                     But if 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’im-
         But if 
    
 
        
            בְּאַחַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאַחַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’a·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     [only] one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’a·ḥaṯ
         [only] one 
    
 
        
            יִתְקָ֑עוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְקָ֑עוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·qā·‘ū
                
                
                     is sounded , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·qā·‘ū
         is sounded , 
    
 
        
            הַנְּשִׂיאִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַנְּשִׂיאִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    han·nə·śî·’îm
                
                
                     then the leaders , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5387 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one lifted up, chief, prince, captain, leader <BR> 2) rising mist, vapour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        han·nə·śî·’îm
         then the leaders , 
    
 
        
            רָאשֵׁ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָאשֵׁ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·šê
                
                
                     the heads 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·šê
         the heads 
    
 
        
            אַלְפֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַלְפֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al·p̄ê
                
                
                     of the clans 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thousand <BR> 1a) as numeral <BR> 2) a thousand, company <BR> 2a) as a company of men under one leader, troops 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al·p̄ê
         of the clans 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     of Israel , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         of Israel , 
    
 
        
            וְנוֹעֲד֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנוֹעֲד֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·w·‘ă·ḏū
                
                
                     are to gather 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fix, appoint, assemble, meet, set, betroth<BR> 1a)(Qal) to appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to meet <BR> 1b2) to meet by appointment <BR> 1b3) to gather, assemble by appointment <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be set, be placed before, be fixed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·w·‘ă·ḏū
         are to gather 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶ֙יךָ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     before you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         before you . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When you sound short blasts, the camps that lie on the east side are to set out.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּתְקַעְתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְקַעְתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·qa‘·tem
                
                
                     When you sound 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·qa‘·tem
         When you sound 
    
 
        
            תְּרוּעָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּרוּעָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·rū·‘āh
                
                
                     short blasts , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8643 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alarm, signal, sound of tempest, shout, shout or blast of war or alarm or joy <BR> 1a) alarm of war, war-cry, battle-cry <BR> 1b) blast (for march) <BR> 1c) shout of joy (with religious impulse) <BR> 1d) shout of joy (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·rū·‘āh
         short blasts , 
    
 
        
            הַֽמַּחֲנ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמַּחֲנ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     the camps 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
         the camps 
    
 
        
            הַחֹנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·nîm
                
                
                     that lie 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·nîm
         that lie 
    
 
        
            קֵֽדְמָה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֵֽדְמָה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qê·ḏə·māh
                
                
                     on the east side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6924 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        n m <BR> 1) east, antiquity, front, that which is before, aforetime <BR> 1a) front, from the front or east, in front, mount of the East <BR> 1b) ancient time, aforetime, ancient, from of old, earliest time <BR> 1c) anciently, of old (adverb) <BR> 1d) beginning <BR> 1e) east <BR> adv <BR> 2) eastward, to or toward the East 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qê·ḏə·māh
         on the east side 
    
 
        
            וְנָֽסְעוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָֽסְעוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·sə·‘ū
                
                
                     are to set out . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·sə·‘ū
         are to set out . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When you sound the short blasts a second time, the camps that lie on the south side are to set out. The blasts are to signal them to set out.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּתְקַעְתֶּ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְקַעְתֶּ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·qa‘·tem
                
                
                     When you sound 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·qa‘·tem
         When you sound 
    
 
        
            תְּרוּעָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּרוּעָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·rū·‘āh
                
                
                     the short blasts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8643 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alarm, signal, sound of tempest, shout, shout or blast of war or alarm or joy <BR> 1a) alarm of war, war-cry, battle-cry <BR> 1b) blast (for march) <BR> 1c) shout of joy (with religious impulse) <BR> 1d) shout of joy (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·rū·‘āh
         the short blasts 
    
 
        
            שֵׁנִ֔ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֵׁנִ֔ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šê·nîṯ
                
                
                     a second time , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šê·nîṯ
         a second time , 
    
 
        
            הַֽמַּחֲנ֔וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמַּחֲנ֔וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
                
                
                     the camps 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·ḥă·nō·wṯ
         the camps 
    
 
        
            הַחֹנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַחֹנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·ḥō·nîm
                
                
                     that lie 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·ḥō·nîm
         that lie 
    
 
        
            תֵּימָ֑נָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּימָ֑נָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·mā·nāh
                
                
                     on the south side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8486 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) south, southward, whatever is on the right (so the southern quarter), south wind <BR> 1a) south (of territory) <BR> 1b) southern quarter (of the sky) <BR> 1c) toward the south, southward (of direction) <BR> 1d) south wind 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·mā·nāh
         on the south side 
    
 
        
            וְנָֽסְעוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָֽסְעוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·sə·‘ū
                
                
                     are to set out . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·sə·‘ū
         are to set out . 
    
 
        
            תְּרוּעָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּרוּעָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·rū·‘āh
                
                
                     The blasts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8643 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alarm, signal, sound of tempest, shout, shout or blast of war or alarm or joy <BR> 1a) alarm of war, war-cry, battle-cry <BR> 1b) blast (for march) <BR> 1c) shout of joy (with religious impulse) <BR> 1d) shout of joy (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·rū·‘āh
         The blasts 
    
 
        
            יִתְקְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְקְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·qə·‘ū
                
                
                     are to signal them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·qə·‘ū
         are to signal them 
    
 
        
            לְמַסְעֵיהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַסְעֵיהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mas·‘ê·hem
                
                
                     to set out . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a pulling up (of stakes), breaking camp, setting out, journey <BR> 1a) pulling up, breaking camp <BR> 1b) setting out <BR> 1c) station, stage, journey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mas·‘ê·hem
         to set out . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            To convene the assembly, you are to sound long blasts, not short ones.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְהַקְהִ֖יל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְהַקְהִ֖יל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·haq·hîl
                
                
                     To convene 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Verb - Hifil - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6950 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to assemble, gather <BR> 1a) (Niphal) to assemble <BR> 1a1) for religious reasons <BR> 1a2) for political reasons<BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to summon an assembly <BR> 1b1) for war, judgment <BR> 1b2) for religious purposes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·haq·hîl
         To convene 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַקָּהָ֑ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּהָ֑ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·hāl
                
                
                     the assembly , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6951 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) assembly, company, congregation, convocation <BR> 1a) assembly <BR> 1a1) for evil counsel, war or invasion, religious purposes <BR> 1b) company (of returning exiles) <BR> 1c) congregation <BR> 1c1) as organised body 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·hāl
         the assembly , 
    
 
        
            תִּתְקְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּתְקְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiṯ·qə·‘ū
                
                
                     you are to sound long blasts , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiṯ·qə·‘ū
         you are to sound long blasts , 
    
 
        
            וְלֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·lō
                
                
                     not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·lō
         not 
    
 
        
            תָרִֽיעוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָרִֽיעוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯā·rî·‘ū
                
                
                     short ones . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to shout, raise a sound, cry out, give a blast <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to shout a war-cry or alarm of battle <BR> 1a2) to sound a signal for war or march <BR> 1a3) to shout in triumph (over enemies) <BR> 1a4) to shout in applause <BR> 1a5) to shout (with religious impulse) <BR> 1a6) to cry out in distress <BR> 1b) (Polal) to utter a shout <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1c1) to shout in triumph <BR> 1c2) to shout for joy <BR> 2) (Niphal) destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯā·rî·‘ū
         short ones . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The sons of Aaron, the priests, are to sound the trumpets. This shall be a permanent statute for you and the generations to come.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     The sons 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         The sons 
    
 
        
            אַהֲרֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַהֲרֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·hă·rōn
                
                
                     of Aaron , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        175 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Aaron = |light bringer|<BR> 1) brother of Moses, a Levite and the first high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·hă·rōn
         of Aaron , 
    
 
        
            הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kō·hă·nîm
                
                
                     the priests , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) priest, principal officer or chief ruler <BR> 1a) priest-king (Melchizedek, Messiah) <BR> 1b) pagan priests <BR> 1c) priests of Jehovah <BR> 1d) Levitical priests <BR> 1e) Zadokite priests <BR> 1f) Aaronic priests <BR> 1g) the high priest 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kō·hă·nîm
         the priests , 
    
 
        
            יִתְקְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִתְקְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiṯ·qə·‘ū
                
                
                     are to sound 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiṯ·qə·‘ū
         are to sound 
    
 
        
            בַּֽחֲצֹצְר֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּֽחֲצֹצְר֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥă·ṣō·ṣə·rō·wṯ
                
                
                     the trumpets . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2689 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trumpet, clarion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥă·ṣō·ṣə·rō·wṯ
         the trumpets . 
    
 
        
            וְהָי֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     This shall be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         This shall be 
    
 
        
            עוֹלָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עוֹלָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·w·lām
                
                
                     a permanent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5769 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) long duration, antiquity, futurity, for ever, ever, everlasting, evermore, perpetual, old, ancient, world <BR> 1a) ancient time, long time (of past) <BR> 1b) (of future) <BR> 1b1) for ever, always <BR> 1b2) continuous existence, perpetual <BR> 1b3) everlasting, indefinite or unending future, eternity 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·w·lām
         a permanent 
    
 
        
            לְחֻקַּ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְחֻקַּ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥuq·qaṯ
                
                
                     statute 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2708 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) statute, ordinance, limit, enactment, something prescribed <BR> 1a) statute 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥuq·qaṯ
         statute 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֛ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֛ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for you 
    
 
        
            לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְדֹרֹתֵיכֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḏō·rō·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     [and] the generations to come . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1755 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) period, generation, habitation, dwelling <BR> 1a) period, age, generation (period of time) <BR> 1b) generation (those living during a period) <BR> 1c) generation (characterised by quality, condition, class of men) <BR> 1d) dwelling-place, habitation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḏō·rō·ṯê·ḵem
         [and] the generations to come . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            When you enter into battle in your land against an adversary who attacks you, sound short blasts on the trumpets, and you will be remembered before the LORD your God and saved from your enemies.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְכִֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכִֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵî-
                
                
                     When 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵî-
         When 
    
 
        
            תָבֹ֨אוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָבֹ֨אוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯā·ḇō·’ū
                
                
                     you enter 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯā·ḇō·’ū
         you enter 
    
 
        
            מִלְחָמָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְחָמָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·ḥā·māh
                
                
                     into battle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4421 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) battle, war 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·ḥā·māh
         into battle 
    
 
        
            בְּאַרְצְכֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּאַרְצְכֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·’ar·ṣə·ḵem
                
                
                     in your land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·’ar·ṣə·ḵem
         in your land 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     against 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         against 
    
 
        
            הַצַּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַצַּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṣ·ṣar
                
                
                     an adversary 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6862 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) narrow, tight <BR> 2) straits, distress <BR> 3) adversary, foe, enemy, oppressor <BR> 4) hard pebble, flint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṣ·ṣar
         an adversary 
    
 
        
            הַצֹּרֵ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַצֹּרֵ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṣ·ṣō·rêr
                
                
                     who attacks 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6887 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to bind, be narrow, be in distress, make narrow, cause distress, besiege, be straitened, be bound <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to bind, tie up, shut up <BR> 1a2) to be scant, be cramped, be in straits <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be bound, be tied up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to make narrow for, cause distress to, press hard upon <BR> 1c2) to suffer distress <BR> 2) to show hostility toward, vex <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to show hostility toward, treat with enmity, vex, harass <BR> 1a2) vexer, harasser (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṣ·ṣō·rêr
         who attacks 
    
 
        
            אֶתְכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתְכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     you , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ·ḵem
         you , 
    
 
        
            וַהֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַהֲרֵעֹתֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·hă·rê·‘ō·ṯem
                
                
                     sound short blasts 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to shout, raise a sound, cry out, give a blast <BR> 1a) (Hiphil) <BR> 1a1) to shout a war-cry or alarm of battle <BR> 1a2) to sound a signal for war or march <BR> 1a3) to shout in triumph (over enemies) <BR> 1a4) to shout in applause <BR> 1a5) to shout (with religious impulse) <BR> 1a6) to cry out in distress <BR> 1b) (Polal) to utter a shout <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) <BR> 1c1) to shout in triumph <BR> 1c2) to shout for joy <BR> 2) (Niphal) destroyed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·hă·rê·‘ō·ṯem
         sound short blasts 
    
 
        
            בַּחֲצֹצְר֑וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֲצֹצְר֑וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥă·ṣō·ṣə·rō·wṯ
                
                
                     on the trumpets , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2689 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trumpet, clarion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥă·ṣō·ṣə·rō·wṯ
         on the trumpets , 
    
 
        
            וֲנִזְכַּרְתֶּ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וֲנִזְכַּרְתֶּ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wă·niz·kar·tɛm
                
                
                     and you will be remembered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2142 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to remember, recall, call to mind <BR> 1a) (Qal) to remember, recall <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be brought to remembrance, be remembered, be thought of, be brought to mind <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to remember, remind <BR> 1c2) to cause to be remembered, keep in remembrance <BR> 1c3) to mention <BR> 1c4) to record <BR> 1c5) to make a memorial, make remembrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wă·niz·kar·tɛm
         and you will be remembered 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     your God 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         your God 
    
 
        
            וְנוֹשַׁעְתֶּ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנוֹשַׁעְתֶּ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·wō·ša‘·tem
                
                
                     and saved 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to save, be saved, be delivered <BR> 1a) (Niphal) <BR> 1a1) to be liberated, be saved, be delivered <BR> 1a2) to be saved (in battle), be victorious <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to save, deliver <BR> 1b2) to save from moral troubles <BR> 1b3) to give victory to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·wō·ša‘·tem
         and saved 
    
 
        
            מֵאֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֹיְבֵיכֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’ō·yə·ḇê·ḵem
                
                
                     from your enemies . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) enemy <BR> 1a) personal <BR> 1b) national 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’ō·yə·ḇê·ḵem
         from your enemies . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And on your joyous occasions, your appointed feasts, and the beginning of each month, you are to blow the trumpets over your burnt offerings and peace offerings to serve as a reminder for you before your God. I am the LORD your God.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שִׂמְחַתְכֶ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׂמְחַתְכֶ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    śim·ḥaṯ·ḵem
                
                
                     And on your joyous 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) joy, mirth, gladness <BR> 1a) mirth, gladness, joy, gaiety, pleasure <BR> 1b) joy (of God)<BR> 1c) glad result, happy issue 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        śim·ḥaṯ·ḵem
         And on your joyous 
    
 
        
            וּבְי֨וֹם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְי֨וֹם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·yō·wm
                
                
                     occasions , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·yō·wm
         occasions , 
    
 
        
            וּֽבְמוֹעֲדֵיכֶם֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּֽבְמוֹעֲדֵיכֶם֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·mō·w·‘ă·ḏê·ḵem
                
                
                     your appointed feasts , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4150 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) appointed place, appointed time, meeting <BR> 1a) appointed time <BR> 1a1) appointed time (general) <BR> 1a2) sacred season, set feast, appointed season <BR> 1b) appointed meeting <BR> 1c) appointed place <BR> 1d) appointed sign or signal <BR> 1e) tent of meeting 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·mō·w·‘ă·ḏê·ḵem
         your appointed feasts , 
    
 
        
            וּבְרָאשֵׁ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְרָאשֵׁ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·rā·šê
                
                
                     and the beginning 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7218 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) head, top, summit, upper part, chief, total, sum, height, front, beginning <BR> 1a) head (of man, animals) <BR> 1b) top, tip (of mountain) <BR> 1c) height (of stars) <BR> 1d) chief, head (of man, city, nation, place, family, priest) <BR> 1e) head, front, beginning <BR> 1f) chief, choicest, best <BR> 1g) head, division, company, band <BR> 1h) sum 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·rā·šê
         and the beginning 
    
 
        
            חָדְשֵׁיכֶם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חָדְשֵׁיכֶם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥā·ḏə·šê·ḵem
                
                
                     of each month , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥā·ḏə·šê·ḵem
         of each month , 
    
 
        
            וּתְקַעְתֶּ֣ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְקַעְתֶּ֣ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·qa‘·tem
                
                
                     you are to blow 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8628 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to blow, clap, strike, sound, thrust, give a blow, blast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to thrust, drive (of weapon) <BR> 1a2) to give a blast, give a blow <BR> 1a3) to strike or clap hands <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be blown, blast (of horn) <BR> 1b2) to strike or pledge oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·qa‘·tem
         you are to blow 
    
 
        
            בַּחֲצֹֽצְרֹ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֲצֹֽצְרֹ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥă·ṣō·ṣə·rōṯ
                
                
                     the trumpets 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2689 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) trumpet, clarion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥă·ṣō·ṣə·rōṯ
         the trumpets 
    
 
        
            עַ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         over 
    
 
        
            עֹלֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֹלֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ō·lō·ṯê·ḵem
                
                
                     your burnt offerings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5930 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) whole burnt offering <BR> 2) ascent, stairway, steps 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ō·lō·ṯê·ḵem
         your burnt offerings 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שַׁלְמֵיכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁלְמֵיכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šal·mê·ḵem
                
                
                     and fellowship 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8002 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) peace offering, requital, sacrifice for alliance or friendship <BR> 1a) voluntary sacrifice of thanks 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šal·mê·ḵem
         and fellowship 
    
 
        
            זִבְחֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זִבְחֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ziḇ·ḥê
                
                
                     offerings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2077 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacrifice <BR> 1a) sacrifices of righteousness <BR> 1b) sacrifices of strife <BR> 1c) sacrifices to dead things <BR> 1d) the covenant sacrifice <BR> 1e) the passover <BR> 1f) annual sacrifice <BR> 1g) thank offering 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ziḇ·ḥê
         offerings 
    
 
        
            וְהָי֨וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֨וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     to serve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         to serve 
    
 
        
            לְזִכָּרוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְזִכָּרוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·zik·kā·rō·wn
                
                
                     as a reminder 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2146 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) memorial, reminder, remembrance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·zik·kā·rō·wn
         as a reminder 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֤ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֤ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     for you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         for you 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê
         before 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     your God . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         your God . 
    
 
        
            אֲנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     am the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         am the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלֹהֵיכֶֽם׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
                
                
                     your God . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        430 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (plural) <BR> 1a) rulers, judges <BR> 1b) divine ones <BR> 1c) angels <BR> 1d) gods <BR> 2) (plural intensive-singular meaning) <BR> 2a) god, goddess <BR> 2b) godlike one <BR> 2c) works or special possessions of God <BR> 2d) the (true) God <BR> 2e) God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lō·hê·ḵem
         your God . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            On the twentieth day of the second month of the second year, the cloud was lifted from above the tabernacle of the Testimony,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֞י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֞י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         - 
    
 
        
            בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּעֶשְׂרִ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·‘eś·rîm
                
                
                     On the twentieth 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Number - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6242 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) twenty, twentieth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·‘eś·rîm
         On the twentieth 
    
 
        
            בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֹ֑דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥō·ḏeš
                
                
                     day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥō·ḏeš
         day 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nî
                
                
                     of the second 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nî
         of the second 
    
 
        
            בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ba·ḥō·ḏeš
                
                
                     month 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2320 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the new moon, month, monthly <BR> 1a) the first day of the month <BR> 1b) the lunar month 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ba·ḥō·ḏeš
         month 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִ֛ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִ֛ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nîṯ
                
                
                     of the second 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nîṯ
         of the second 
    
 
        
            בַּשָּׁנָ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּשָּׁנָ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baš·šā·nāh
                
                
                     year , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8141 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) year <BR> 1a) as division of time <BR> 1b) as measure of time <BR> 1c) as indication of age <BR> 1d) a lifetime (of years of life) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baš·šā·nāh
         year , 
    
 
        
            הֶֽעָנָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶֽעָנָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·nān
                
                
                     the cloud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·nān
         the cloud 
    
 
        
            נַעֲלָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַעֲלָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    na·‘ă·lāh
                
                
                     was lifted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        na·‘ă·lāh
         was lifted 
    
 
        
            מֵעַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     from above 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         from above 
    
 
        
            מִשְׁכַּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְׁכַּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·kan
                
                
                     the tabernacle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place, tabernacle <BR> 1a) dwelling-place <BR> 1b) dwellings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·kan
         the tabernacle 
    
 
        
            הָעֵדֻֽת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵדֻֽת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
                
                
                     of the Testimony , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) testimony 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
         of the Testimony , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and the Israelites set out from the Wilderness of Sinai, traveling from place to place until the cloud settled in the Wilderness of Paran.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     and the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         and the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֛ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּסְע֧וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסְע֧וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·‘ū
                
                
                     set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·‘ū
         set out 
    
 
        
            מִמִּדְבַּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמִּדְבַּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·miḏ·bar
                
                
                     from the Wilderness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·miḏ·bar
         from the Wilderness 
    
 
        
            סִינָ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סִינָ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sî·nāy
                
                
                     of Sinai , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5514 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Sinai = |thorny|<BR> 1) the mountain where Moses received the Law from Jehovah; located at the southern end of the Sinai peninsula between the horns of the Red Sea; exact site unknown 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sî·nāy
         of Sinai , 
    
 
        
            לְמַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַסְעֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mas·‘ê·hem
                
                
                     traveling from place to place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a pulling up (of stakes), breaking camp, setting out, journey <BR> 1a) pulling up, breaking camp <BR> 1b) setting out <BR> 1c) station, stage, journey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mas·‘ê·hem
         traveling from place to place 
    
 
        
            הֶעָנָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הֶעָנָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    he·‘ā·nān
                
                
                     until the cloud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        he·‘ā·nān
         until the cloud 
    
 
        
            וַיִּשְׁכֹּ֥ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּשְׁכֹּ֥ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yiš·kōn
                
                
                     settled 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to settle down, abide, dwell, tabernacle, reside <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to settle down to abide <BR> 1a2) to abide, dwell, reside <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make settle down, establish <BR> 1b2) to make or cause to dwell <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to lay, place, set, establish, settle, fix <BR> 1c2) to cause to dwell or abide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yiš·kōn
         settled 
    
 
        
            בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּמִדְבַּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·miḏ·bar
                
                
                     in the Wilderness 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·miḏ·bar
         in the Wilderness 
    
 
        
            פָּארָֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּארָֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·rān
                
                
                     of Paran . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6290 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Paran = |place of caverns|<BR> 1) wilderness area bounded on the north by Palestine, on the west by the wilderness of Etham, on the south by the desert of Sinai, and on the east by the valley of Arabah; the exodus was through this area and probably all 18 stops were in this area 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·rān
         of Paran . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            They set out this first time according to the LORD’s command through Moses.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּסְע֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסְע֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·‘ū
                
                
                     They set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·‘ū
         They set out 
    
 
        
            בָּרִאשֹׁנָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרִאשֹׁנָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ri·šō·nāh
                
                
                     this first time 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ri·šō·nāh
         this first time 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     according to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         according to 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD’s 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD’s 
    
 
        
            פִּ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פִּ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pî
                
                
                     command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6310 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        peh<BR> 1) mouth <BR> 1a) mouth (of man)<BR> 1b) mouth (as organ of speech) <BR> 1c) mouth (of animals) <BR> 1d) mouth, opening, orifice (of a well, river, etc) <BR> 1e) extremity, end pim <BR> 2) a weight equal to one third of a shekel, occurs only in 1Sa 13:21 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pî
         command 
    
 
        
            בְּיַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּיַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·yaḏ-
                
                
                     through 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3027 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hand <BR> 1a) hand (of man)<BR> 1b) strength, power (fig.) <BR> 1c) side (of land), part, portion (metaph.) (fig.) <BR> 1d) (various special, technical senses) <BR> 1d1) sign, monument <BR> 1d2) part, fractional part, share <BR> 1d3) time, repetition <BR> 1d4) axle-trees, axle <BR> 1d5) stays, support (for laver) <BR> 1d6) tenons (in tabernacle) <BR> 1d7) a phallus, a hand (meaning unsure) <BR> 1d8) wrists 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·yaḏ-
         through 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶֽׁה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶֽׁה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            First, the divisions of the camp of Judah set out under their standard, with Nahshon son of Amminadab in command.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            בָּרִאשֹׁנָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּרִאשֹׁנָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·ri·šō·nāh
                
                
                     First , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Adjective - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7223 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) first, primary, former <BR> 1a) former (of time) <BR> 1a1) ancestors <BR> 1a2) former things <BR> 1b) foremost (of location) <BR> 1c) first (in time) <BR> 1d) first, chief (in degree) <BR> adv <BR> 2) first, before, formerly, at first 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·ri·šō·nāh
         First , 
    
 
        
            לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     the divisions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
         the divisions 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֧ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֧ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     of the camp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         of the camp 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     of Judah 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         of Judah 
    
 
        
            יְהוּדָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוּדָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·hū·ḏāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Judah = |praised|<BR> 1) the son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Judah the son of Jacob <BR> 3) the territory occupied by the tribe of Judah <BR> 4) the kingdom comprised of the tribes of Judah and Benjamin which occupied the southern part of Canaan after the nation split upon the death of Solomon <BR> 5) a Levite in Ezra's time <BR> 6) an overseer of Jerusalem in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 7) a Levite musician in the time of Nehemiah <BR> 8) a priest in the time of Nehemiah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·hū·ḏāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וַיִּסַּ֞ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסַּ֞ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·sa‘
                
                
                     set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·sa‘
         set out 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֣גֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֣גֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·ḡel
                
                
                     under their standard , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) banner, standard 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·ḡel
         under their standard , 
    
 
        
            נַחְשׁ֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַחְשׁ֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    naḥ·šō·wn
                
                
                     with Nahshon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5177 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nahshon = |enchanter|<BR> 1) son of Amminadab and prince of the Judah at the first numbering in the wilderness; 5th in descent from Judah in the genealogy of Christ 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        naḥ·šō·wn
         with Nahshon 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            עַמִּינָדָֽב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּינָדָֽב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî·nā·ḏāḇ
                
                
                     of Amminadab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5992 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Amminadab = |my kinsman is noble|<BR> 1) son of Ram or Aram and father of Nahshon or Naasson and an ancestor of Jesus; father-in-law of Aaron <BR> 2) a Kohathite Levite and chief of the sons of Uzziel <BR> 3) a Levite, son of Kohath; also 'Izhar' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî·nā·ḏāḇ
         of Amminadab 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     in command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         in command 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Nethanel son of Zuar was over the division of the tribe of Issachar,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            נְתַנְאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נְתַנְאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nə·ṯan·’êl
                
                
                     Nethanel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5417 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Nethaneel = |given of God|<BR> 1) son of Zuar and a chief of the tribe of Issachar at the exodus<BR> 2) the 4th son of Jesse and a brother of David <BR> 3) a priest in the reign of David who blew the trumpet before the ark when it was brought from the house of Obed-edom <BR> 4) a representative of the priestly family of Jedaiah in the time of Joiakim <BR> 5) a priest of the family of Pashur who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 6) a Levite, father of Shemaiah the scribe in the reign of David <BR> 7) a Levite, son of Obed-edom <BR> 8) a chief of the Levites in the reign of king Josiah of Judah <BR> 9) a prince of Judah in the reign of king Jehoshaphat of Judah who was sent by the king to teach in the cities of the kingdom <BR> 10) a Levite of the sons of Asaph who played a musical instrument at the dedication of the wall of Jerusalem <BR> 10a) perhaps the same as 5 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nə·ṯan·’êl
         Nethanel 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         son 
    
 
        
            צוּעָֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צוּעָֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣū·‘ār
                
                
                     of Zuar 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6686 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zuar = |littleness|<BR> 1) father of Nethaneel, the chief of the tribe of Issachar at the time of the exodus and an assistant of Moses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣū·‘ār
         of Zuar 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            יִשָׂשכָ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשָׂשכָ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yi·śā·š·ḵār
                
                
                     of Issachar , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3485 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Issachar = |there is recompense| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 9th son of Jacob and the 5th by Leah his first wife and the progenitor of a tribe by his name <BR> 2) a Korahite Levite and the 7th son of Obed-edom and doorkeeper to the temple <BR> n pr coll <BR> 3) the tribe descended from Issachar the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 4) the territory allocated to the descendants of Issachar when they entered the land of Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yi·śā·š·ḵār
         of Issachar , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and Eliab son of Helon was over the division of the tribe of Zebulun.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֱלִיאָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלִיאָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lî·’āḇ
                
                
                     and Eliab 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        446 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eliab = |my God is father| or |God is father|<BR> 1) son of Helon, leader of Zebulun in the wilderness <BR> 2) a Reubenite chief, father of Dathan and Abiram <BR> 3) David's oldest brother <BR> 4) a Levite musician <BR> 5) a Gadite warrior for David <BR> 6) a Kohathite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lî·’āḇ
         and Eliab 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         son 
    
 
        
            חֵלֽוֹן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֵלֽוֹן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥê·lō·wn
                
                
                     of Helon 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2497 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Helon = |strength|<BR> 1) father of Eliab of the tribe of Zebulun 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥê·lō·wn
         of Helon 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         vvv 
    
 
        
            זְבוּלֻ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זְבוּלֻ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zə·ḇū·lun
                
                
                     of Zebulun . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2074 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zebulun = |exalted|<BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 10th of the sons of Jacob, 6th and last of Leah; progenitor of Zebulun <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Zebulun <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the land allocated to the tribe of Zebulun 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zə·ḇū·lun
         of Zebulun . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the tabernacle was taken down, and the Gershonites and the Merarites set out, transporting it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַמִּשְׁכָּ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁכָּ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·kān
                
                
                     Then the tabernacle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place, tabernacle <BR> 1a) dwelling-place <BR> 1b) dwellings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·kān
         Then the tabernacle 
    
 
        
            וְהוּרַ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהוּרַ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hū·raḏ
                
                
                     was taken down , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hofal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3381 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go down, descend, decline, march down, sink down <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come down <BR> 1a2) to sink <BR> 1a3) to be prostrated <BR> 1a4) to come down (of revelation) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to bring down <BR> 1b2) to send down <BR> 1b3) to take down <BR> 1b4) to lay prostrate <BR> 1b5) to let down <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought down <BR> 1c2) to be taken down 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hū·raḏ
         was taken down , 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     and the Gershonites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         and the Gershonites 
    
 
        
            גֵרְשׁוֹן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גֵרְשׁוֹן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡê·rə·šō·wn
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1648 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gershon or Gershom = |exile|<BR> 1) firstborn son of Levi born before Jacob's family went to Egypt 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡê·rə·šō·wn
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וּבְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nê
                
                
                     and the Merarites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nê
         and the Merarites 
    
 
        
            מְרָרִ֔י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְרָרִ֔י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·rā·rî
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4847 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Merari = |bitter|<BR> 1) the 3rd son of Levi and head of a Levitical family 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·rā·rî
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְנָסְע֤וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָסְע֤וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·sə·‘ū
                
                
                     set out , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·sə·‘ū
         set out , 
    
 
        
            נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·śə·’ê
                
                
                     transporting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·śə·’ê
         transporting 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁכָּֽן׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·kān
                
                
                     [it] . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place, tabernacle <BR> 1a) dwelling-place <BR> 1b) dwellings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·kān
         [it] . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the divisions of the camp of Reuben set out under their standard, with Elizur son of Shedeur in command.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     Then the divisions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
         Then the divisions 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     of the camp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         of the camp 
    
 
        
            רְאוּבֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְאוּבֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·’ū·ḇên
                
                
                     of Reuben 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7205 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuben = |behold a son|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Jacob by Leah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Reuben<BR> 3) the territory inhabited by the tribe of Reuben 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·’ū·ḇên
         of Reuben 
    
 
        
            וְנָסַ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָסַ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·sa‘
                
                
                     set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·sa‘
         set out 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֛גֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֛גֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·ḡel
                
                
                     under their standard , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) banner, standard 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·ḡel
         under their standard , 
    
 
        
            אֱלִיצ֖וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלִיצ֖וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lî·ṣūr
                
                
                     with Elizur 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        468 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Elizur = |my God is a rock| or |Rock is God|<BR> 1) a chief of Reuben in the wilderness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lî·ṣūr
         with Elizur 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            שְׁדֵיאֽוּר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁדֵיאֽוּר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·ḏê·’ūr
                
                
                     of Shedeur 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7707 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shedeur = |darter of light|<BR> 1) father of Elizur, chief of the tribe of Reuben at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·ḏê·’ūr
         of Shedeur 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     in command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         in command 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Shelumiel son of Zurishaddai was over the division of the tribe of Simeon,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            צוּרִֽי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צוּרִֽי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣū·rî
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                         
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zurishaddai = |my rock is almighty|<BR> 1) father of Shelumiel, the chief of the Simeonites at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣū·rî
         vvv 
    
 
        
            שִׁמְע֑וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁמְע֑וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šim·‘ō·wn
                
                
                     of Simeon , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8095 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Simeon or Shimeon = |heard|<BR> 1) the 2nd son of Jacob by his wife Leah and progenitor of the tribe of Simeon <BR> 2) an Israelite of the sons of Bani who had a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šim·‘ō·wn
         of Simeon , 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֻֽמִיאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֻֽמִיאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lu·mî·’êl
                
                
                     Shelumiel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8017 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Shelumiel = |friend of God|<BR> 1) son of Zurishaddai and prince of the tribe of Simeon at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lu·mî·’êl
         Shelumiel 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         son 
    
 
        
            שַׁדָּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שַׁדָּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šad·dāy
                
                
                     of Zurishaddai 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Zurishaddai = |my rock is almighty|<BR> 1) father of Shelumiel, the chief of the Simeonites at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šad·dāy
         of Zurishaddai 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         vvv 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and Eliasaph son of Deuel was over the division of the tribe of Gad.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֶלְיָסָ֖ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶלְיָסָ֖ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el·yā·sāp̄
                
                
                     and Eliasaph 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        460 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Eliasaph = |God has added|<BR> 1) a Gadite chief in the wilderness census <BR> 2) a head of the Gershonites 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el·yā·sāp̄
         and Eliasaph 
    
 
        
            בְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         son 
    
 
        
            דְּעוּאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דְּעוּאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    də·‘ū·’êl
                
                
                     of Deuel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1845 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Deuel = |they know God|<BR> 1) father of Eliasaph, the captain of the tribe of Gad at the time of the numbering of the people at Sinai, also called 'Reuel' 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        də·‘ū·’êl
         of Deuel 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     of Gad 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         of Gad 
    
 
        
            גָ֑ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גָ֑ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡāḏ
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1410 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gad = |troop|<BR> 1) seventh son of Jacob by Zilpah, Leah's handmaid, and full brother of Asher. <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Gad <BR> 3) a prophet during the time of David; appears to have joined David when in the hold; reappears in connection with the punishment for taking a census; also assisted in the arrangements for the musical service of the |house of God| 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡāḏ
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then the Kohathites set out, transporting the holy objects; the tabernacle was to be set up before their arrival.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַקְּהָתִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקְּהָתִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qə·hā·ṯîm
                
                
                     Then the Kohathites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6956 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Kohathites = see Kohath |assembly|<BR> 1) the descendants of Kohath, the 2nd son of Levi 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qə·hā·ṯîm
         Then the Kohathites 
    
 
        
            וְנָסְעוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָסְעוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·sə·‘ū
                
                
                     set out , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·sə·‘ū
         set out , 
    
 
        
            נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹשְׂאֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·śə·’ê
                
                
                     transporting 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·śə·’ê
         transporting 
    
 
        
            הַמִּקְדָּ֑שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּקְדָּ֑שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miq·dāš
                
                
                     the holy objects ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4720 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacred place, sanctuary, holy place <BR> 1a) sanctuary <BR> 1a1) of the temple <BR> 1a2) of the tabernacle <BR> 1a3) of Ezekiel's temple <BR> 1a4) of Jehovah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miq·dāš
         the holy objects ; 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁכָּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·kān
                
                
                     the tabernacle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place, tabernacle <BR> 1a) dwelling-place <BR> 1b) dwellings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·kān
         the tabernacle 
    
 
        
            וְהֵקִ֥ימוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵקִ֥ימוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·qî·mū
                
                
                     was to be set up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·qî·mū
         was to be set up 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            עַד־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַד־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘aḏ-
                
                
                     before 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5704 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) as far as, even to, until, up to, while, as far as <BR> 1a) of space <BR> 1a1) as far as, up to, even to <BR> 1b) in combination <BR> 1b1) from...as far as, both...and (with 'min' -from) <BR> 1c) of time <BR> 1c1) even to, until, unto, till, during, end <BR> 1d) of degree <BR> 1d1) even to, to the degree of, even like <BR> conj <BR> 2) until, while, to the point that, so that even 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘aḏ-
         before 
    
 
        
            בֹּאָֽם׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֹּאָֽם׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bō·’ām
                
                
                     their arrival . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bō·’ām
         their arrival . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Next, the divisions of the camp of Ephraim set out under their standard, with Elishama son of Ammihud in command.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     Next, the divisions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
         Next, the divisions 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     of the camp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         of the camp 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     of Ephraim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         of Ephraim 
    
 
        
            אֶפְרַ֖יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶפְרַ֖יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ep̄·ra·yim
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        669 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ephraim = |double ash-heap: I shall be doubly fruitful|<BR> 1) second son of Joseph, blessed by him and given preference over first son, Manasseh <BR> 2) the tribe, Ephraim <BR> 3) the mountain country of Ephraim <BR> 4) sometimes used name for the northern kingdom (Hosea or Isaiah) <BR> 5) a city near Baal-hazor <BR> 6) a chief gate of Jerusalem 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ep̄·ra·yim
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְנָסַ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָסַ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·sa‘
                
                
                     set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·sa‘
         set out 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֛גֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֛גֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·ḡel
                
                
                     under their standard , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) banner, standard 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·ḡel
         under their standard , 
    
 
        
            אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֱלִישָׁמָ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ĕ·lî·šā·mā‘
                
                
                     with Elishama 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Elishama = |my God has heard|<BR> 1) an Ephraimite chief in the wilderness <BR> 2) a son of David <BR> 3) Jehoiakim's secretary <BR> 4) a priest who taught the law <BR> 5) a man of Judah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ĕ·lî·šā·mā‘
         with Elishama 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            עַמִּיהֽוּד׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּיהֽוּד׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî·hūḏ
                
                
                     of Ammihud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5989 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ammihud = |my kinsman is majesty|<BR> 1) an Ephraimite, father of Elishama, the chief of the tribe at the time of the exodus<BR> 2) a Simeonite, father of Shemuel <BR> 3) father of Pedahel, prince of the tribe of Naphtali <BR> 4) father of king Talmai of Geshur <BR> 5) a descendant of Judah through his son Pharez 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî·hūḏ
         of Ammihud 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     in command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         in command 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Gamaliel son of Pedahzur was over the division of the tribe of Manasseh,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גַּמְלִיאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gam·lî·’êl
                
                
                     Gamaliel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gamaliel = |reward of God|<BR> 1) son of Pedahzur and the leader of the tribe of Manasseh in the wilderness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gam·lî·’êl
         Gamaliel 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         son 
    
 
        
            פְּדָה־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּדָה־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·ḏāh-
                
                
                     of Pedahzur 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6301 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pedahzur = |the Rock has ransomed|<BR> 1) father of Gamaliel who was the chief of the tribe of Manasseh at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·ḏāh-
         of Pedahzur 
    
 
        
            צֽוּר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צֽוּר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣūr
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6301 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pedahzur = |the Rock has ransomed|<BR> 1) father of Gamaliel who was the chief of the tribe of Manasseh at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣūr
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     of Manasseh 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         of Manasseh 
    
 
        
            מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנַשֶּׁ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·naš·šeh
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4519 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Manasseh = |causing to forget|<BR> 1) the eldest son of Joseph and progenitor of the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 1a) the tribe descended from Manasseh <BR> 1b) the territory occupied by the tribe of Manasseh <BR> 2) son of king Hezekiah of Judah and himself king of Judah; he was the immediate and direct cause for the exile <BR> 3) a descendant of Pahath-moab who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra <BR> 4) a descendant of Hashum who put away a foreign wife in the time of Ezra 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·naš·šeh
         . . . , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and Abidan son of Gideoni was over the division of the tribe of Benjamin.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲבִידָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲבִידָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḇî·ḏān
                
                
                     and Abidan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        27 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Abidan = |my father is judge|<BR> 1) a prince (ruler) of Benjamin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḇî·ḏān
         and Abidan 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         son 
    
 
        
            גִּדְעוֹנִֽי׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גִּדְעוֹנִֽי׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    giḏ·‘ō·w·nî
                
                
                     of Gideoni 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1441 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Gideoni = |my hewer|<BR> 1) a Benjamite, father of Abidan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        giḏ·‘ō·w·nî
         of Gideoni 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בִנְיָמִ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִנְיָמִ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇin·yā·min
                
                
                     of Benjamin . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Benjamin = |son of the right hand|<BR> 1) Jacob's and Rachel's youngest son, Joseph's full brother <BR> 2) son of Bilhan, great-grandson of Benjamin <BR> 3) a Benjamite, one of the sons of Harim, in the time of Ezra who had taken a strange wife <BR> 4) the tribe descended from Benjamin, the son of Jacob 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇin·yā·min
         of Benjamin . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Finally, the divisions of the camp of Dan set out under their standard, serving as the rear guard for all units, with Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai in command.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     Finally, the divisions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
         Finally, the divisions 
    
 
        
            מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַחֲנֵ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ma·ḥă·nêh
                
                
                     of the camp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ma·ḥă·nêh
         of the camp 
    
 
        
            בְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     of Dan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         of Dan 
    
 
        
            דָ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דָ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḏān
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1835 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Dan = |a judge|<BR> 1) the 5th son of Jacob, the 1st of Bilhah, Rachel's handmaid <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Dan, the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc<BR> 3) a city in Dan, the most northern landmark of Palestine 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḏān
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְנָסַ֗ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָסַ֗ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·sa‘
                
                
                     set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·sa‘
         set out 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֚גֶל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֚גֶל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·ḡel
                
                
                     under their standard , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1714 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) banner, standard 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·ḡel
         under their standard , 
    
 
        
            מְאַסֵּ֥ף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאַסֵּ֥ף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’as·sêp̄
                
                
                     serving as the rear guard 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        622 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to gather, receive, remove, gather in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to gather, collect <BR> 1a2) to gather (an individual into company of others) <BR> 1a3) to bring up the rear <BR> 1a4) to gather and take away, remove, withdraw <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to assemble, be gathered <BR> 1b2) (pass of Qal 1a2) <BR> 1b2a) to be gathered to one's fathers <BR> 1b2b) to be brought in or into (association with others) <BR> 1b3) (pass of Qal 1a4) <BR> 1b3a) to be taken away, removed, perish <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to gather (harvest) <BR> 1c2) to take in, receive into <BR> 1c3) rearguard, rearward (subst) <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be gathered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to gather oneself or themselves 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’as·sêp̄
         serving as the rear guard 
    
 
        
            לְכָל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāl
                
                
                     for all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāl
         for all 
    
 
        
            הַֽמַּחֲנֹ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמַּחֲנֹ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·ḥă·nōṯ
                
                
                     units , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·ḥă·nōṯ
         units , 
    
 
        
            אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחִיעֶ֖זֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥî·‘e·zer
                
                
                     with Ahiezer 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        295 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ahiezer = |my brother is help|<BR> 1) a Danite chief who assisted Moses <BR> 2) a Danite chief, one of David's heroes 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥî·‘e·zer
         with Ahiezer 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         son 
    
 
        
            עַמִּישַׁדָּֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַמִּישַׁדָּֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘am·mî·šad·dāy
                
                
                     of Ammishaddai 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ammishaddai = |my kinsman is Almighty|<BR> 1) father of Ahiezer, prince of the tribe of Dan at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘am·mî·šad·dāy
         of Ammishaddai 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     in command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         in command 
    
 
        
            צְבָא֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָא֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā·’ōw
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Pagiel son of Ocran was over the division of the tribe of Asher,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּגְעִיאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    paḡ·‘î·’êl
                
                
                     Pagiel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6295 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Pagiel = |event of God|<BR> 1) son of Ocran and chief of the tribe of Asher at the time of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        paḡ·‘î·’êl
         Pagiel 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         son 
    
 
        
            עָכְרָֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָכְרָֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·ḵə·rān
                
                
                     of Ocran 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5918 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ocran = |troubled|<BR> 1) an Asherite, father of Pagiel 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·ḵə·rān
         of Ocran 
    
 
        
            וְעַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     of Asher 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         of Asher 
    
 
        
            אָשֵׁ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָשֵׁ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·šêr
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        836 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Asher = |happy|<BR> 1) son of Jacob and Zilpah <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Asher <BR> 3) a city east of Shechem in Manasseh 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·šêr
         . . . , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and Ahira son of Enan was over the division of the tribe of Naphtali.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲחִירַ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲחִירַ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ḥî·ra‘
                
                
                     and Ahira 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        299 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Ahira = |my brother is evil|<BR> 1) a chief of Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ḥî·ra‘
         and Ahira 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         son 
    
 
        
            עֵינָֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵינָֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·nān
                
                
                     of Enan 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5881 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Enan = |having eyes|<BR> 1) a prince of the tribe of Naphtali at the census at Mount Sinai 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·nān
         of Enan 
    
 
        
            וְעַ֨ל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעַ֨ל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘al-
                
                
                     was over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘al-
         was over 
    
 
        
            צְבָ֔א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צְבָ֔א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣə·ḇā
                
                
                     the division 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣə·ḇā
         the division 
    
 
        
            מַטֵּ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַטֵּ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    maṭ·ṭêh
                
                
                     of the tribe 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4294 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) staff, branch, tribe <BR> 1a) staff, rod, shaft <BR> 1b) branch (of vine) <BR> 1c) tribe <BR> 1c1) company led by chief with staff (originally) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        maṭ·ṭêh
         of the tribe 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     of Naphtali 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         of Naphtali 
    
 
        
            נַפְתָּלִ֑י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נַפְתָּלִ֑י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nap̄·tā·lî
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5321 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Naphtali = |wrestling| <BR> n pr m <BR> 1) the 5th son of Jacob and the 2nd by Bilhah the handmaid of Rachel <BR> 2) the tribe descended from Naphtali the son of Jacob <BR> n pr loc <BR> 3) the territory assigned to the tribe of Naphtali 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nap̄·tā·lî
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This was the order of march for the Israelite divisions as they set out.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֵ֛לֶּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֛לֶּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êl·leh
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êl·leh
         This 
    
 
        
            מַסְעֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַסְעֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mas·‘ê
                
                
                     was the order of march 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4550 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a pulling up (of stakes), breaking camp, setting out, journey <BR> 1a) pulling up, breaking camp <BR> 1b) setting out <BR> 1c) station, stage, journey 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mas·‘ê
         was the order of march 
    
 
        
            בְנֵֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְנֵֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇə·nê-
                
                
                     for the Israelite 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇə·nê-
         for the Israelite 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְצִבְאֹתָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     divisions 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - common plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6635 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that which goes forth, army, war, warfare, host <BR> 1a) army, host <BR> 1a1) host (of organised army) <BR> 1a2) host (of angels) <BR> 1a3) of sun, moon, and stars <BR> 1a4) of whole creation <BR> 1b) war, warfare, service, go out to war <BR> 1c) service 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ṣiḇ·’ō·ṯām
         divisions 
    
 
        
            וַיִּסָּֽעוּ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסָּֽעוּ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·sā·‘ū
                
                
                     as they set out . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·sā·‘ū
         as they set out . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then Moses said to Hobab, the son of Moses’ father-in-law Reuel the Midianite, “We are setting out for the place of which the LORD said: ‘I will give it to you.’ Come with us, and we will treat you well, for the LORD has promised good things to Israel.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מֹשֶׁ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Then Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Then Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         said 
    
 
        
            לְ֠חֹבָב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְ֠חֹבָב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḥō·ḇāḇ
                
                
                     to Hobab , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2246 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Hobab = |cherished|<BR> 1) the son of Reuel, the Midianite father-in-law of Moses, also known as Jethro, and brother-in-law of Moses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḥō·ḇāḇ
         to Hobab , 
    
 
        
            בֶּן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בֶּן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ben-
                
                
                     the son 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ben-
         the son 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁה֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁה֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     of Moses’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         of Moses’ 
    
 
        
            חֹתֵ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֹתֵ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥō·ṯên
                
                
                     father-in-law 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to become a son-in-law, make oneself a daughter's husband <BR> 1a) (Qal) wife's father, wife's mother, father-in-law, mother-in- law (participle) <BR> 1b) (Hithpael) to make oneself a daughter's husband 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥō·ṯên
         father-in-law 
    
 
        
            רְעוּאֵ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רְעוּאֵ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rə·‘ū·’êl
                
                
                     Reuel 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7467 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Reuel or Raguel = |friend of God|<BR> 1) a son of Esau by his wife Bashemath, the sister of Ishmael <BR> 2) the father-in-law of Moses <BR> 2a) also 'Jethro' <BR> 3) father of Eliasaph, the leader of the tribe of Gad at the time of the census at Sinai <BR> 4) a Benjamite, ancestor of Elah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rə·‘ū·’êl
         Reuel 
    
 
        
            הַמִּדְיָנִי֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּדְיָנִי֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miḏ·yā·nî
                
                
                     the Midianite , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4084 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Midianite = see Midian |strife|<BR> 1) a member of the tribe of Midian <BR> 2) an inhabitant of the land of Midian 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miḏ·yā·nî
         the Midianite , 
    
 
        
            אֲנַ֗חְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנַ֗חְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·naḥ·nū
                
                
                     “ We are 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        587 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) we (first pers. pl. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·naḥ·nū
         “ We are 
    
 
        
            נֹסְעִ֣ים׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹסְעִ֣ים׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·sə·‘îm
                
                
                     setting out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·sə·‘îm
         setting out 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         for 
    
 
        
            הַמָּקוֹם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמָּקוֹם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mā·qō·wm
                
                
                     the place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) standing place, place <BR> 1a) standing place, station, post, office <BR> 1b) place, place of human abode <BR> 1c) city, land, region <BR> 1d) place, locality, spot <BR> 1e) space, room, distance <BR> 1f) region, quarter, direction <BR> 1g) give place to, instead of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mā·qō·wm
         the place 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     of which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         of which 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            אֹת֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
 
        
            אָמַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָמַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·mar
                
                
                     said : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·mar
         said : 
    
 
        
            אֶתֵּ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתֵּ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’et·tên
                
                
                     ‘ I will give it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’et·tên
         ‘ I will give it 
    
 
        
            לָכֶ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָכֶ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ḵem
                
                
                     to you . ’ 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ḵem
         to you . ’ 
    
 
        
            לְכָ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְכָ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵāh
                
                
                     Come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵāh
         Come 
    
 
        
            אִתָּ֙נוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתָּ֙נוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tā·nū
                
                
                     with us , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tā·nū
         with us , 
    
 
        
            וְהֵטַ֣בְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵטַ֣בְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·ṭaḇ·nū
                
                
                     and we will treat you well 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3190 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be good, be pleasing, be well, be glad <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be glad, be joyful <BR> 1a2) to be well placed <BR> 1a3) to be well for, be well with, go well with <BR> 1a4) to be pleasing, be pleasing to <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to make glad, rejoice <BR> 1b2) to do good to, deal well with <BR> 1b3) to do well, do thoroughly <BR> 1b4) to make a thing good or right or beautiful <BR> 1b5) to do well, do right 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·ṭaḇ·nū
         and we will treat you well 
    
 
        
            לָ֔ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָ֔ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         , 
    
 
        
            כִּֽי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּֽי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     for 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         for 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            דִּבֶּר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דִּבֶּר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dib·ber-
                
                
                     has promised 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dib·ber-
         has promised 
    
 
        
            ט֖וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
ט֖וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     good 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·wḇ
         good 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     things to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         things to 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     Israel . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         Israel . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “I will not go,” Hobab replied. “Instead, I am going back to my own land and my own people.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לֹ֣א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֣א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     “ I will not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         “ I will not 
    
 
        
            אֵלֵ֑ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֵ֑ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lêḵ
                
                
                     go , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lêḵ
         go , ” 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֥אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֥אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     [Hobab] replied 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         [Hobab] replied 
    
 
        
            אֵלָ֖יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלָ֖יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lāw
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lāw
         - . 
    
 
        
            כִּ֧י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֧י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     “ Instead 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         “ Instead 
    
 
        
            אִם־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִם־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’im-
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) if <BR> 1a) conditional clauses <BR> 1a1) of possible situations <BR> 1a2) of impossible situations <BR> 1b) oath contexts <BR> 1b1) no, not <BR> 1c) if...if, whether...or, whether...or...or <BR> 1d) when, whenever <BR> 1e) since <BR> 1f) interrogative particle <BR> 1g) but rather 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’im-
         . . . , 
    
 
        
            אֵלֵֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֵֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lêḵ
                
                
                     I am going back 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lêḵ
         I am going back 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            אַרְצִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְצִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ṣî
                
                
                     my own land 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        776 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) land, earth<BR> 1a) earth <BR> 1a1) whole earth (as opposed to a part) <BR> 1a2) earth (as opposed to heaven) <BR> 1a3) earth (inhabitants) <BR> 1b) land <BR> 1b1) country, territory <BR> 1b2) district, region <BR> 1b3) tribal territory <BR> 1b4) piece of ground <BR> 1b5) land of Canaan, Israel <BR> 1b6) inhabitants of land <BR> 1b7) Sheol, land without return, (under) world <BR> 1b8) city (-state) <BR> 1c) ground, surface of the earth <BR> 1c1) ground <BR> 1c2) soil <BR> 1d) (in phrases) <BR> 1d1) people of the land <BR> 1d2) space or distance of country (in measurements of distance) <BR> 1d3) level or plain country <BR> 1d4) land of the living <BR> 1d5) end(s) of the earth <BR> 1e) (almost wholly late in usage) <BR> 1e1) lands, countries <BR> 1e1a) often in contrast to Canaan 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ṣî
         my own land 
    
 
        
            וְאֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            מוֹלַדְתִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מוֹלַדְתִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·w·laḏ·tî
                
                
                     and my own people . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4138 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) kindred, birth, offspring, relatives <BR> 1a) kindred <BR> 1b) birth, circumstances of birth<BR> 1c) one born, begotten, issue, offspring, female offspring 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·w·laḏ·tî
         and my own people . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Please do not leave us,” Moses said, “since you know where we should camp in the wilderness, and you can serve as our eyes.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            נָ֖א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נָ֖א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nā
                
                
                     “ Please 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Interjection 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4994 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (we) pray, now, please <BR> 1a) used in entreaty or exhortation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nā
         “ Please 
    
 
        
            אַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al-
                
                
                     do not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        408 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no, nor, neither, nothing (as wish or preference) <BR> 1a) do not, let not (with a verb) <BR> 1b) let there not be (with a verb understood) <BR> 1c) not, no (with substantive) <BR> 1d) nothing (as substantive) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al-
         do not 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲזֹ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲזֹ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·zōḇ
                
                
                     leave us , ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5800 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to leave, loose, forsake<BR> 1a) (Qal) to leave <BR> 1a1) to depart from, leave behind, leave, let alone <BR> 1a2) to leave, abandon, forsake, neglect, apostatise <BR> 1a3) to let loose, set free, let go, free <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be left to <BR> 1b2) to be forsaken <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be deserted <BR> 2) to restore, repair <BR> 2a) (Qal) to repair 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·zōḇ
         leave us , ” 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֑נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֑נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯā·nū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯā·nū
         - 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֕אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֕אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     Moses said , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         Moses said , 
    
 
        
            כִּ֣י׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּ֣י׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî
                
                
                     “ since 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî
         “ since 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כֵּ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יָדַ֗עְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָדַ֗עְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·ḏa‘·tā
                
                
                     you know 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3045 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to know <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to know <BR> 1a1a) to know, learn to know <BR> 1a1b) to perceive <BR> 1a1c) to perceive and see, find out and discern <BR> 1a1d) to discriminate, distinguish <BR> 1a1e) to know by experience <BR> 1a1f) to recognise, admit, acknowledge, confess <BR> 1a1g) to consider <BR> 1a2) to know, be acquainted with <BR> 1a3) to know (a person carnally) <BR> 1a4) to know how, be skilful in <BR> 1a5) to have knowledge, be wise <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be made known, be or become known, be revealed <BR> 1b2) to make oneself known <BR> 1b3) to be perceived <BR> 1b4) to be instructed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to cause to know <BR> 1d) (Poal) to cause to know <BR> 1e) (Pual) <BR> 1e1) to be known <BR> 1e2) known, one known, acquaintance (participle) <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to make known, declare <BR> 1g) (Hophal) to be made known <BR> 1h) (Hithpael) to make oneself known, reveal oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·ḏa‘·tā
         you know 
    
 
        
            חֲנֹתֵ֙נוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
חֲנֹתֵ֙נוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḥă·nō·ṯê·nū
                
                
                     where we should camp 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2583 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to decline, incline, encamp, bend down, lay siege against <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to decline <BR> 1a2) to encamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḥă·nō·ṯê·nū
         where we should camp 
    
 
        
            בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּמִּדְבָּ֔ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bam·miḏ·bār
                
                
                     in the wilderness , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4057 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wilderness <BR> 1a) pasture <BR> 1b) uninhabited land, wilderness<BR> 1c) large tracts of wilderness (around cities) <BR> 1d) wilderness (fig.) <BR> 2) mouth <BR> 2a) mouth (as organ of speech) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bam·miḏ·bār
         in the wilderness , 
    
 
        
            וְהָיִ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיִ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yî·ṯā
                
                
                     and you can serve 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yî·ṯā
         and you can serve 
    
 
        
            לָּ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָּ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·nū
                
                
                     as our 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·nū
         as our 
    
 
        
            לְעֵינָֽיִם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֵינָֽיִם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘ê·nā·yim
                
                
                     eyes . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - cd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5869 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) eye <BR> 1a) eye <BR> 1a1) of physical eye <BR> 1a2) as showing mental qualities <BR> 1a3) of mental and spiritual faculties (fig.) <BR> 2) spring, fountain 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘ê·nā·yim
         eyes . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            If you come with us, we will share with you whatever good things the LORD gives us.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהָיָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         - 
    
 
        
            כִּי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kî-
                
                
                     If 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunction 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3588 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) that, for, because, when, as though, as, because that, but, then, certainly, except, surely, since <BR> 1a) that <BR> 1a1) yea, indeed <BR> 1b) when (of time) <BR> 1b1) when, if, though (with a concessive force) <BR> 1c) because, since (causal connection) <BR> 1d) but (after negative) <BR> 1e) that if, for if, indeed if, for though, but if <BR> 1f) but rather, but <BR> 1g) except that <BR> 1h) only, nevertheless <BR> 1i) surely <BR> 1j) that is <BR> 1k) but if <BR> 1l) for though <BR> 1m) forasmuch as, for therefore 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kî-
         If 
    
 
        
            תֵלֵ֣ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵלֵ֣ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṯê·lêḵ
                
                
                     you come 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go, walk, come <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go, walk, come, depart, proceed, move, go away <BR> 1a2) to die, live, manner of life (fig.) <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to walk <BR> 1b2) to walk (fig.) <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) <BR> 1c1) to traverse <BR> 1c2) to walk about <BR> 1d) (Niphal) to lead, bring, lead away, carry, cause to walk 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṯê·lêḵ
         you come 
    
 
        
            עִמָּ֑נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּ֑נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mā·nū
                
                
                     with us , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mā·nū
         with us , 
    
 
        
            וְהָיָ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָיָ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yāh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yāh
         - 
    
 
        
            וְהֵטַ֥בְנוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵטַ֥בְנוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·ṭaḇ·nū
                
                
                     we will share 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3190 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be good, be pleasing, be well, be glad <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be glad, be joyful <BR> 1a2) to be well placed <BR> 1a3) to be well for, be well with, go well with <BR> 1a4) to be pleasing, be pleasing to <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to make glad, rejoice <BR> 1b2) to do good to, deal well with <BR> 1b3) to do well, do thoroughly <BR> 1b4) to make a thing good or right or beautiful <BR> 1b5) to do well, do right 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·ṭaḇ·nū
         we will share 
    
 
        
            לָֽךְ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָֽךְ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lāḵ
                
                
                     with you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lāḵ
         with you 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֨ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     whatever 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         whatever 
    
 
        
            יֵיטִ֧יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֵיטִ֧יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yê·ṭîḇ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3190 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be good, be pleasing, be well, be glad <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to be glad, be joyful <BR> 1a2) to be well placed <BR> 1a3) to be well for, be well with, go well with <BR> 1a4) to be pleasing, be pleasing to <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to make glad, rejoice <BR> 1b2) to do good to, deal well with <BR> 1b3) to do well, do thoroughly <BR> 1b4) to make a thing good or right or beautiful <BR> 1b5) to do well, do right 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yê·ṭîḇ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הַטּ֣וֹב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטּ֣וֹב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭō·wḇ
                
                
                     good things 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2896 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adj <BR> 1) good, pleasant, agreeable <BR> 1a) pleasant, agreeable (to the senses) <BR> 1b) pleasant (to the higher nature) <BR> 1c) good, excellent (of its kind) <BR> 1d) good, rich, valuable in estimation <BR> 1e) good, appropriate, becoming <BR> 1f) better (comparative) <BR> 1g) glad, happy, prosperous (of man's sensuous nature) <BR> 1h) good understanding (of man's intellectual nature) <BR> 1i) good, kind, benign <BR> 1j) good, right (ethical) <BR> n m <BR> 2) a good thing, benefit, welfare <BR> 2a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 2b) good things (collective) <BR> 2c) good, benefit <BR> 2d) moral good <BR> n f <BR> 3) welfare, benefit, good things <BR> 3a) welfare, prosperity, happiness <BR> 3b) good things (collective) <BR> 3c) bounty 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭō·wḇ
         good things 
    
 
        
            הַה֗וּא 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַה֗וּא 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ha·hū
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        pron 3p s<BR> 1) he, she, it <BR> 1a) himself (with emphasis) <BR> 1b) resuming subj with emphasis <BR> 1c) (with minimum emphasis following predicate) <BR> 1d) (anticipating subj) <BR> 1e) (emphasising predicate) <BR> 1f) that, it (neuter) demons pron <BR> 2) that (with article) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ha·hū
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         the LORD 
    
 
        
            עִמָּ֖נוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עִמָּ֖נוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘im·mā·nū
                
                
                     gives us . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5973 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with <BR> 1a) with <BR> 1b) against <BR> 1c) toward <BR> 1d) as long as <BR> 1e) beside, except<BR> 1f) in spite of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘im·mā·nū
         gives us . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            So they set out on a three-day journey from the mountain of the LORD, with the ark of the covenant of the LORD traveling ahead of them for those three days to seek a resting place for them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיִּסְעוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיִּסְעוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yis·‘ū
                
                
                     So they set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yis·‘ū
         So they set out 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lō·šeṯ
                
                
                     on a three-day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lō·šeṯ
         on a three-day 
    
 
        
            יָמִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mîm
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mîm
         . . . 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֖רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֖רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·reḵ
                
                
                     journey 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·reḵ
         journey 
    
 
        
            מֵהַ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵהַ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·har
                
                
                     from the mountain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·har
         from the mountain 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD , 
    
 
        
            וַאֲר֨וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַאֲר֨וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·’ă·rō·wn
                
                
                     with the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·’ă·rō·wn
         with the ark 
    
 
        
            בְּרִית־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּרִית־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·rîṯ-
                
                
                     of the covenant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) covenant, alliance, pledge <BR> 1a) between men <BR> 1a1) treaty, alliance, league (man to man) <BR> 1a2) constitution, ordinance (monarch to subjects) <BR> 1a3) agreement, pledge (man to man) <BR> 1a4) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1a5) alliance (of marriage) <BR> 1b) between God and man <BR> 1b1) alliance (of friendship) <BR> 1b2) covenant (divine ordinance with signs or pledges) <BR> 2) (phrases) <BR> 2a) covenant making <BR> 2b) covenant keeping <BR> 2c) covenant violation 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·rîṯ-
         of the covenant 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֜ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֜ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            נֹסֵ֣עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֹסֵ֣עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nō·sê·a‘
                
                
                     traveling 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nō·sê·a‘
         traveling 
    
 
        
            לִפְנֵיהֶ֗ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִפְנֵיהֶ֗ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lip̄·nê·hem
                
                
                     ahead of them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lip̄·nê·hem
         ahead of them 
    
 
        
            דֶּ֚רֶךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דֶּ֚רֶךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    de·reḵ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1870 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) way, road, distance, journey, manner <BR> 1a) road, way, path <BR> 1b) journey <BR> 1c) direction <BR> 1d) manner, habit, way <BR> 1e) of course of life (fig.) <BR> 1f) of moral character (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        de·reḵ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹ֣שֶׁת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lō·šeṯ
                
                
                     for those three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lō·šeṯ
         for those three 
    
 
        
            יָמִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָמִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·mîm
                
                
                     days 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) day, time, year <BR> 1a) day (as opposed to night) <BR> 1b) day (24 hour period) <BR> 1b1) as defined by evening and morning in Genesis 1 <BR> 1b2) as a division of time <BR> 1b2a) a working day, a day's journey <BR> 1c) days, lifetime (pl.) <BR> 1d) time, period (general) <BR> 1e) year <BR> 1f) temporal references <BR> 1f1) today <BR> 1f2) yesterday <BR> 1f3) tomorrow 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·mîm
         days 
    
 
        
            לָת֥וּר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָת֥וּר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·ṯūr
                
                
                     to seek 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8446 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to seek, search out, spy out, explore<BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to seek out, select, find out how to do something <BR> 1a2) to spy out, explore <BR> 1a2a) explorers, spies (participle) <BR> 1a3) to go about <BR> 1a3a) merchant, trader (participle) <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to make a search, make a reconnaissance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·ṯūr
         to seek 
    
 
        
            מְנוּחָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנוּחָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nū·ḥāh
                
                
                     a resting place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4496 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) resting place, rest <BR> 1a) resting place <BR> 1b) rest, quietness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nū·ḥāh
         a resting place 
    
 
        
            לָהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·hem
                
                
                     for them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·hem
         for them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the cloud of the LORD was over them by day when they set out from the camp.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַעֲנַ֧ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲנַ֧ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·nan
                
                
                     And the cloud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6051 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cloud, cloudy, cloud-mass <BR> 1a) cloud-mass (of theophanic cloud) <BR> 1b) cloud 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·nan
         And the cloud 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     of the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         of the LORD 
    
 
        
            עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·lê·hem
                
                
                     was over them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·lê·hem
         was over them 
    
 
        
            יוֹמָ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יוֹמָ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·w·mām
                
                
                     by day 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3119 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) by day, in the daytime <BR> subst <BR> 2) daytime 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·w·mām
         by day 
    
 
        
            בְּנָסְעָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנָסְעָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nā·sə·‘ām
                
                
                     when they set out 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nā·sə·‘ām
         when they set out 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃׆ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַֽמַּחֲנֶֽה׃׆ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·ma·ḥă·nɛ·hs
                
                
                     the camp . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4264 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) encampment, camp <BR> 1a) camp, place of encampment <BR> 1b) camp of armed host, army camp <BR> 1c) those who encamp, company, body of people 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·ma·ḥă·nɛ·hs
         the camp . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Whenever the ark set out, Moses would say, “Rise up, O LORD! May Your enemies be scattered; may those who hate You flee before You.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וַיְהִ֛י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְהִ֛י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·hî
                
                
                     Whenever 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·hî
         Whenever 
    
 
        
            הָאָרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rōn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rōn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            בִּנְסֹ֥עַ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בִּנְסֹ֥עַ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bin·sō·a‘
                
                
                     set out , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5265 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pull out, pull up, set out, journey, remove, set forward, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pull out or up <BR> 1a2) to set out, depart <BR> 1a3) to journey, march <BR> 1a4) to set forth (of wind) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be pulled up, be removed, be plucked up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to set out, lead out, cause to spring up <BR> 1c2) to remove, quarry 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bin·sō·a‘
         set out , 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיֹּ֣אמֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·yō·mer
                
                
                     would say , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·yō·mer
         would say , 
    
 
        
            קוּמָ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קוּמָ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qū·māh
                
                
                     “ Rise up , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6965 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rise, arise, stand, rise up, stand up <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to arise <BR> 1a2) to arise (hostile sense) <BR> 1a3) to arise, become powerful <BR> 1a4) to arise, come on the scene <BR> 1a5) to stand <BR> 1a5a) to maintain oneself <BR> 1a5b) to be established, be confirmed <BR> 1a5c) to stand, endure <BR> 1a5d) to be fixed <BR> 1a5e) to be valid <BR> 1a5f) to be proven <BR> 1a5g) to be fulfilled <BR> 1a5h) to persist <BR> 1a5i) to be set, be fixed <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to fulfil <BR> 1b2) to confirm, ratify, establish, impose <BR> 1c) (Polel) to raise up <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to raise oneself, rise up <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause to arise, raise <BR> 1e2) to raise, set up, erect, build <BR> 1e3) to raise up, bring on the scene <BR> 1e4) to raise up, rouse, stir up, investigate <BR> 1e5) to raise up, constitute <BR> 1e6) to cause to stand, set, station, establish <BR> 1e7) to make binding <BR> 1e8) to carry out, give effect to <BR> 1f) (Hophal) to be raised up 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qū·māh
         “ Rise up , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     O LORD ! 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         O LORD ! 
    
 
        
            אֹֽיְבֶ֔יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹֽיְבֶ֔יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·yə·ḇe·ḵā
                
                
                     May Your enemies 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) enemy <BR> 1a) personal <BR> 1b) national 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·yə·ḇe·ḵā
         May Your enemies 
    
 
        
            וְיָפֻ֙צוּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָפֻ֙צוּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·p̄u·ṣū
                
                
                     be scattered ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6327 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to scatter, be dispersed, be scattered <BR> 1a) (Qal) to be dispersed, be scattered <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be scattered <BR> 1b2) to be spread abroad <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to scatter <BR> 1d) Hithpael) scatter <BR> 2) (Qal) to flow, overflow <BR> 3) to break <BR> 3a) (Polel) to shatter <BR> 3b) (Pilpel) to dash to pieces 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·p̄u·ṣū
         be scattered ; 
    
 
        
            מְשַׂנְאֶ֖יךָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשַׂנְאֶ֖יךָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·śan·’e·ḵā
                
                
                     may those who hate You 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Participle - masculine plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8130 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to hate, be hateful <BR> 1a) (Qal) to hate <BR> 1a1) of man <BR> 1a2) of God <BR> 1a3) hater, one hating, enemy (participle) (subst) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be hated <BR> 1c) (Piel) hater (participle) <BR> 1c1) of persons, nations, God, wisdom 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·śan·’e·ḵā
         may those who hate You 
    
 
        
            וְיָנֻ֥סוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָנֻ֥סוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·nu·sū
                
                
                     flee 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5127 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to flee, escape <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to flee<BR> 1a2) to escape <BR> 1a3) to take flight, m depart, disappear <BR> 1a4) to fly (to the attack) on horseback <BR> 1b) (Polel) to drive at <BR> 1c) (Hithpolel) to take flight <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to put to flight <BR> 1d2) to drive hastily <BR> 1d3) to cause to disappear, hide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·nu·sū
         flee 
    
 
        
            מִפָּנֶֽיךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִפָּנֶֽיךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mip·pā·ne·ḵā
                
                
                     before You . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - common plural construct | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mip·pā·ne·ḵā
         before You . ” 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And when it came to rest, he would say: “Return, O LORD, to the countless thousands of Israel.”
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבְנֻחֹ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבְנֻחֹ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇə·nu·ḥōh
                
                
                     And when it came to rest , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5117 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to rest <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to rest, settle down and remain <BR> 1a2) to repose, have rest, be quiet <BR> 1b) (Hiph) <BR> 1b1) to cause to rest, give rest to, make quiet <BR> 1b2) to cause to rest, cause to alight, set down <BR> 1b3) to lay or set down, deposit, let lie, place <BR> 1b4) to let remain, leave <BR> 1b5) to leave, depart from <BR> 1b6) to abandon <BR> 1b7) to permit <BR> 1c) (Hoph) <BR> 1c1) to obtain rest, be granted rest <BR> 1c2) to be left, be placed <BR> 1c3) open space (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇə·nu·ḥōh
         And when it came to rest , 
    
 
        
            יֹאמַ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹאמַ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·mar
                
                
                     he would say : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·mar
         he would say : 
    
 
        
            שׁוּבָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שׁוּבָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šū·ḇāh
                
                
                     “ Return , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7725 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to return, turn back <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn back, return <BR> 1a1a) to turn back <BR> 1a1b) to return, come or go back <BR> 1a1c) to return unto, go back, come back <BR> 1a1d) of dying <BR> 1a1e) of human relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f) of spiritual relations (fig) <BR> 1a1f1) to turn back (from God), apostatise <BR> 1a1f2) to turn away (of God) <BR> 1a1f3) to turn back (to God), repent <BR> 1a1f4) turn back (from evil) <BR> 1a1g) of inanimate things <BR> 1a1h) in repetition <BR> 1b) (Polel) <BR> 1b1) to bring back <BR> 1b2) to restore, refresh, repair (fig) <BR> 1b3) to lead away (enticingly) <BR> 1b4) to show turning, apostatise <BR> 1c) (Pual) restored (participle) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to cause to return, bring back <BR> 1d1) to bring back, allow to return, put back, draw back, give back, restore, relinquish, give in payment <BR> 1d2) to bring back, refresh, restore <BR> 1d3) to bring back, report to, answer <BR> 1d4) to bring back, make requital, pay (as recompense) <BR> 1d5) to turn back or backward, repel, defeat, repulse, hinder, reject, refuse <BR> 1d6) to turn away (face), turn toward <BR> 1d7) to turn against <BR> 1d8) to bring back to mind <BR> 1d9) to show a turning away 1d10) to reverse, revoke <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be returned, be restored, be brought back <BR> 1f) (Pulal) brought back 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šū·ḇāh
         “ Return , 
    
 
        
            יְהוָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     O LORD , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         O LORD , 
    
 
        
            רִֽבְב֖וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רִֽבְב֖וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    riḇ·ḇō·wṯ
                
                
                     to the countless 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7233 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) multitude, myriad, ten thousand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        riḇ·ḇō·wṯ
         to the countless 
    
 
        
            אַלְפֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַלְפֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’al·p̄ê
                
                
                     thousands 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        505 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a thousand <BR> 1a) as numeral <BR> 2) a thousand, company <BR> 2a) as a company of men under one leader, troops 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’al·p̄ê
         thousands 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃׆ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃׆ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rå̄·ʾē·ls
                
                
                     of Israel . ” 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rå̄·ʾē·ls
         of Israel . ”